]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
shell-completion: replace "gdb" verb with "debug" for coredumpctl
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6 Type=simple and ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
12 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would
13 typically succeed instantly, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and execve() is not waited for, and hence its failure is
15 seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type starting the
16 unit will fail, as the execve() will be waited for and will fail,
17 which is then propagated back to the start job.
18
19 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
20 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
21 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
22 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
23 block on NSS calls (such as user name lookups due to User=) done
24 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
25 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
26 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
27 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
28 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
29
30 CHANGES WITH 239:
31
32 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
33 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
34 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
35 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
36 a slot number associated.
37
38 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
39 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
40 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
41 independent.
42
43 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
44 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
45 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
46
47 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
48 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
49 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
50 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
51
52 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
53 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
54 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
55 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
56 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
57 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
58 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
59 e.g. NIS.
60
61 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
62 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
63 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
64 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
65 may be necessary to update the file.
66
67 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
68 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
69 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
70 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
71 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
72 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
73 documentation.
74
75 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
76 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
77 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
78 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
79 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
80 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
81 them.
82
83 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
84 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
85 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
86 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
87 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
88
89 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
90 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
91 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
92 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
93 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
94 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
95 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
96 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
97
98 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
99 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
100 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
101 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
102 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
103
104 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
105 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
106 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
107 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
108 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
109
110 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
111 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
112 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
113
114 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
115 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
116 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
117 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
118 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
119 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
120 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
121 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
122 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
123 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
124 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
125 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
126 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
127 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
128 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
129 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
130 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
131 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
132 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
133 from.
134
135 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
136 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
137 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
138 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
139
140 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
141 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
142 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
143 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
144
145 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
146 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
147 hibernates again.
148
149 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
150 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
151
152 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
153 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
154 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
155
156 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
157 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
158 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
159 was not configurable and set to 512.
160
161 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
162 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
163 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
164 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
165 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
166 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
167 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
168 in particular su and sudo.
169
170 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
171 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
172 synchronization has been received from the network. This
173 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
174 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
175 services.
176
177 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
178 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
179 files should work for hibernation now.
180
181 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
182 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
183 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
184 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
185 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
186 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
187 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
188 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
189 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
190 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
191 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
192 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
193 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
194 name following the last dash.
195
196 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
197 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
198 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
199 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
200 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
201
202 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
203 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
204 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
205 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
206 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
207 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
208
209 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
210 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
211 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
212 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
213
214 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
215 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
216 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
217 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
218 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
219
220 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
221 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
222 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
223 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
224 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
225 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
226 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
227 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
228 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
229 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
230 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
231 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
232 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
233
234 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
235 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
236 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
237 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
238 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
239 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
240 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
241 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
242 settings.
243
244 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
245 expiration feature, if it is available.
246
247 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
248 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
249 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
250
251 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
252 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
253
254 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
255
256 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
257 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
258
259 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
260 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
261 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
262 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
263 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
264 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
265 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
266 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
267 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
268 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
269 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
270
271 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
272 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
273 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
274 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
275
276 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
277 about its state.
278
279 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
280 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
281 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
282 "timedatectl set-ntp".
283
284 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
285 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
286 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
287 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
288 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
289 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
290 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
291 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
292 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
293 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
294 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
295
296 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
297 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
298
299 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
300 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
301 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
302 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
303 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
304 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
305
306 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
307 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
308 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
309 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
310 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
311 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
312 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
313
314 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
315 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
316 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
317 shown.)
318
319 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
320 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
321 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
322 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
323 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
324 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
325 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
326 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
327 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
328
329 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
330 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
331 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
332
333 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
334 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
335 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
336 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
337 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
338 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
339 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
340 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
341
342 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
343
344 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
345 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
346 automatically when the system clock changed.)
347
348 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
349 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
350
351 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
352 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
353 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CODE_QUALITY.md
354
355 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
356
357 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
358
359 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
360 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
361
362 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
363 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
364 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
365 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
366 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
367 external user databases.
368
369 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
370 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
371 refused due to the enforced limits.
372
373 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
374 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
375 manages.
376
377 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
378 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
379 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
380 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
381 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
382 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
383 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
384 wher this is now used by default.
385
386 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
387 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
388
389 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
390 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
391 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
392 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
393 update process in a generic way.
394
395 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
396 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
397 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
398 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
399 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
400 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
401 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
402 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
403 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
404 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
405 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
406 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
407 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
408 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
409 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
410 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
411 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
412 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
413 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
414 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
415 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
416 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
417 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
418 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
419 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
420 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
421 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
422 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
423 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
424
425 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
426
427 CHANGES WITH 238:
428
429 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
430 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
431 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
432 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
433 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
434 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
435 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
436 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
437 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
438 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
439 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
440 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
441 to revert this change.
442
443 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
444 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
445 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
446 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
447 once at the end of the transaction.
448
449 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
450 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
451 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
452 scripts.
453
454 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
455 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
456 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
457 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
458 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
459 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
460 still allowing local admin overrides.
461
462 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
463 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
464 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
465
466 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
467 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
468 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
469 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
470 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
471
472 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
473 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
474 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
475 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
476 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
477 from package installation scripts.
478
479 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
480 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
481 without the user number ("u username -:456").
482
483 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
484 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
485
486 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
487 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
488 /sbin/nologin for other users).
489
490 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
491 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
492 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
493 --systemd, --user, or --global).
494
495 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
496 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
497 which are triggered meanwhile).
498
499 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
500 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
501 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
502 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
503 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
504
505 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
506 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
507 rotated very quickly.
508
509 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
510 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
511 pending bus messages.
512
513 * systemd gained a new
514 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
515 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
516 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
517 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
518 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
519 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
520 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
521 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
522 session scope.
523
524 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
525 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
526 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
527 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
528 the tree to be accessed.
529
530 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
531 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
532 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
533
534 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
535 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
536 to keys in the main keyring.
537
538 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
539
540 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
541 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
542
543 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
544
545 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
546 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
547 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
548 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
549 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
550 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
551 explicitly.
552
553 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
554 the colour of "OK" status messages.
555
556 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
557 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
558 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
559 be restarted.
560
561 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
562 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
563
564 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
565 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
566 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
567 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
568 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
569 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
570 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
571 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
572 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
573 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
574 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
575 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
576 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
577 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
578 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
579 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
580
581 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
582
583 CHANGES WITH 237:
584
585 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
586 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
587 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
588 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
589
590 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
591 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
592 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
593 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
594 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
595 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
596 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
597 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
598 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
599 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
600 file.
601
602 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
603 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
604 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
605 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
606 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
607 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
608 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
609 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
610 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
611 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
612
613 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
614 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
615 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
616 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
617 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
618 now provides explicit control.
619
620 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
621 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
622 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
623 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
624 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
625 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
626 unit types that already supported transient operation.
627
628 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
629 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
630 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
631
632 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
633 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
634
635 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
636 .network files all gained support for a new condition
637 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
638 versions.
639
640 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
641 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
642 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
643 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
644 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
645 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
646 understands RapidCommit=.
647
648 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
649 Delegation.
650
651 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
652 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
653 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
654 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
655 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
656 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
657 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
658 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
659 --watch-bind= command line switch.
660
661 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
662 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
663 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
664 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
665 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
666 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
667 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
668 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
669 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
670 "Disconnected" signals).
671
672 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
673 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
674 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
675 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
676 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
677 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
678 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
679 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
680 round-trips are removed.
681
682 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
683 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
684 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
685 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
686
687 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
688 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
689 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
690 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
691 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
692 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
693
694 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
695 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
696 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
697 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
698 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
699 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
700 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
701 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
702 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
703 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
704
705 * sd-event gained a new call pair
706 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
707 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
708 when the event source is destroyed.
709
710 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
711 connections.
712
713 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
714 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
715 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
716 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
717 new transitional flag file has been added: if
718 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
719 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
720
721 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
722 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
723 manager.
724
725 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
726 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
727 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
728 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
729 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
730
731 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
732 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
733 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
734 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
735 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
736 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
737
738 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
739 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
740 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
741 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
742 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
743 level/target is given as an argument.
744
745 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
746 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
747 where UID and GID do not match.
748
749 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
750 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
751 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
752 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
753 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
754 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
755 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
756 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
757 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
758 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
759 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
760 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
761 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
762 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
763 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
764 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
765 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
766 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
767 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
768 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
769 Палаузов
770
771 — Brno, 2018-01-28
772
773 CHANGES WITH 236:
774
775 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
776 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
777 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
778 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
779
780 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
781 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
782 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
783 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
784 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
785 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
786 valid specifiers today.)
787
788 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
789 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
790 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
791 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
792 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
793 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
794
795 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
796 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
797 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
798 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
799
800 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
801 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
802 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
803 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
804 services are resolved properly.
805
806 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
807 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
808 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
809 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
810 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
811 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
812 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
813 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
814 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
815 and btrfs.
816
817 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
818 DNS server and domain information.
819
820 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
821 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
822 runtime.
823
824 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
825 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
826 empty for the first time.
827
828 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
829 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
830 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
831 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
832 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
833 running in the user session.
834
835 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
836 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
837 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
838 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
839 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
840 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
841 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
842 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
843 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
844 user instance).
845
846 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
847 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
848
849 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
850 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
851 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
852 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
853
854 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
855 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
856
857 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
858 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
859 sleep verbs.
860
861 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
862
863 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
864 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
865
866 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
867
868 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
869 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
870 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
871
872 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
873 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
874 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
875 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
876 instance.
877
878 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
879 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
880 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
881
882 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
883 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
884 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
885
886 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
887
888 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
889 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
890 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
891 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
892 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
893 processes.
894
895 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
896 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
897 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
898 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
899
900 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
901 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
902 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
903
904 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
905 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
906 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
907 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
908 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
909
910 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
911 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
912
913 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
914 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
915 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
916 time the specified expression would elapse.
917
918 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
919 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
920 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
921 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
922 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
923 types, not just services.
924
925 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
926 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
927 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
928 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
929
930 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
931 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
932 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
933 interface for this purpose.
934
935 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
936 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
937 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
938 anyway.
939
940 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
941 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
942 requirements of systemd.
943
944 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
945 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
946 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
947
948 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
949 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
950 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
951 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
952
953 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
954 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
955 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
956 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
957
958 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
959 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
960
961 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
962 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
963 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
964 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
965 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
966 managing software supports (such as pppd).
967
968 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
969 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
970 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
971
972 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
973 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
974 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
975 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
976 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
977 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
978 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
979 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
980 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
981 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
982 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
983 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
984 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
985 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
986 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
987 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
988 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
989 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
990 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
991 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
992 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
993 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
994 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
995
996 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
997
998 CHANGES WITH 235:
999
1000 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1001 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1002 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1003 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1004 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1005 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1006 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1007 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1008 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1009 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1010 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1011 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1012 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1013 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1014 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1015 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1016 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1017 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1018 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1019 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1020 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1021 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1022 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1023 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1024 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1025 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1026
1027 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1028 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1029 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1030 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1031 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1032 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1033 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1034 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1035
1036 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1037 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1038 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1039 used to change those values.
1040
1041 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1042 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1043 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1044 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1045 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1046 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1047
1048 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1049 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1050 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1051 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1052
1053 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1054 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1055 one top-level directory.
1056
1057 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1058 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1059 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1060 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1061 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1062 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1063 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1064 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1065 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1066 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1067 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1068 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1069 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1070 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1071 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1072
1073 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1074 Meson-only.
1075
1076 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1077 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1078 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1079 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1080 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1081 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1082 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1083 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1084 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1085 acceptable to us.
1086
1087 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1088 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1089 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1090 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1091 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1092 requested at build time.
1093
1094 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1095 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1096 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1097 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1098 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1099 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1100 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1101 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1102 Type= setting which permits configuring
1103 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1104
1105 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1106 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1107 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1108 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1109 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1110 local frames between bridge ports.
1111
1112 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1113 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1114 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1115
1116 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1117 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1118
1119 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1120 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1121 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1122 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1123
1124 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1125 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1126 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1127 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1128 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1129 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1130 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1131 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1132
1133 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1134 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1135 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1136 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1137 command.)
1138
1139 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1140 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1141 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1142
1143 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1144 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
1145 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1146 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1147
1148 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1149 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1150 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1151 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1152 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1153 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1154 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1155 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1156 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1157 on systems where this is not supported.
1158
1159 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1160 sockets.
1161
1162 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1163 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1164 during runtime.
1165
1166 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1167 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
1168 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
1169
1170 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1171 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1172 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1173
1174 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1175 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
1176 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1177 Following this logic, two new special targets
1178 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
1179 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1180 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
1181
1182 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
1183 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1184 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
1185 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1186
1187 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1188 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1189 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1190 --wait".
1191
1192 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1193 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1194 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1195 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1196 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1197 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1198 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1199 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1200 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1201
1202 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
1203 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
1204 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1205 invocation.
1206
1207 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1208 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1209 processes.
1210
1211 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1212 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1213 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
1214 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1215 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
1216 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1217 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1218 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1219 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1220 systems for all five operations.
1221
1222 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1223 the system.
1224
1225 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1226 than UTC or the local timezone.
1227
1228 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
1229 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1230 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1231 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1232 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1233 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1234 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1235 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
1236
1237 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1238 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1239 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1240 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
1241 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1242 again.
1243
1244 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1245 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1246 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
1247
1248 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1249 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
1250 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1251 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1252 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1253 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1254 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1255 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1256 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1257 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1258 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1259 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1260 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1261 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1262 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1263 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1264 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1265 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1266 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1267 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1268
1269 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
1270
1271 CHANGES WITH 234:
1272
1273 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1274 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1275 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1276 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1277 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1278 summary:
1279
1280 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1281
1282 becomes:
1283
1284 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1285
1286 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1287 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1288 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1289 .device units.
1290
1291 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1292 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1293 running a systemd user instance.
1294
1295 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1296 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1297 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1298 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1299 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1300 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1301
1302 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
1303
1304 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1305 (domain search list).
1306
1307 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
1308 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
1309 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1310 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1311 implementation of RA.
1312
1313 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1314 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1315 ISO date values.
1316
1317 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1318 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1319 devices.
1320
1321 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1322 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1323 option.
1324
1325 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
1326 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1327 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1328 default yet.
1329
1330 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1331 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1332 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1333 SHA256SUMS files.
1334
1335 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1336 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1337
1338 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1339
1340 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1341
1342 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1343 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
1344
1345 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1346 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1347 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1348 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1349
1350 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1351 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
1352 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
1353 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1354 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1355 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1356 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1357 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1358 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1359 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1360
1361 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1362 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1363 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1364 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
1365 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
1366 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1367
1368 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
1369 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1370 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1371 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1372 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
1373 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1374 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1375 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1376 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
1377 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1378 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1379 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1380 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1381 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1382 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1383 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1384 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1385 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1386 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1387 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1388 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1389 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1390 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1391 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1392 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1393 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1394 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
1395 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1396 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1397 Георгиевски
1398
1399 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
1400
1401 CHANGES WITH 233:
1402
1403 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1404 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1405 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1406 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1407 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1408 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1409 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1410 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1411 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1412
1413 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1414 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1415 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1416 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1417 default selected on the configure command line
1418 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1419 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1420 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1421 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1422 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1423 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1424 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1425 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1426 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1427 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1428
1429 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1430 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1431 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1432 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1433 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1434 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1435 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1436 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1437 further details about this.)
1438
1439 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1440 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1441 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1442
1443 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1444 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1445
1446 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
1447 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1448 with 'make install-tests'.
1449
1450 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1451 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1452 kernel.
1453
1454 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1455 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1456 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1457 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1458 by the Slice= option.
1459
1460 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1461 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1462 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1463 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1464
1465 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1466 following choices:
1467
1468 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
1469 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
1470 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
1471 (h)elp
1472 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
1473 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
1474 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1475 (y)es, execute the command
1476
1477 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1478 because its meaning was confusing.
1479
1480 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1481 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1482
1483 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1484 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1485 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1486
1487 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1488 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1489 state directly, without executing these commands.
1490
1491 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1492 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
1493 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
1494
1495 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1496 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1497 combination with After=) have been started.
1498
1499 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1500 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
1501 setting, and which system calls they contain.
1502
1503 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
1504 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
1505 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
1506 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
1507 configuration related calls.
1508
1509 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1510 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1511 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
1512 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1513 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1514 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1515 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
1516
1517 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1518 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
1519
1520 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1521 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1522 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1523
1524 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1525 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1526
1527 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1528 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1529 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1530 for compatibility.
1531
1532 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1533 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1534
1535 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1536 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1537
1538 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1539 support for negative matching.
1540
1541 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1542
1543 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1544 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1545
1546 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1547 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1548 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1549 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1550 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1551 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1552 removed from the drive.
1553
1554 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1555 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
1556
1557 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1558 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1559
1560 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1561 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1562 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
1563
1564 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1565 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1566 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1567 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
1568 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1569 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1570 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
1571
1572 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1573 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1574 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
1575 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
1576 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1577 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1578
1579 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1580 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1581
1582 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1583 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
1584 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
1585 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
1586 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1587 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1588 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1589 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1590
1591 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1592 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1593 including all control processes.
1594
1595 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1596 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1597 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1598
1599 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1600 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1601 prefixing the source path with "+".
1602
1603 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1604 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1605 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1606 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1607 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1608 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1609 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1610 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1611
1612 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1613 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1614 before).
1615
1616 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1617 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1618 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1619 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1620 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1621 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1622 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1623
1624 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1625 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1626 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1627 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1628 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1629 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1630 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
1631 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
1632 versions.
1633
1634 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
1635 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
1636 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1637 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1638 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1639 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1640 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1641 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1642 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1643 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1644 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1645 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1646 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1647 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1648 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1649 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1650 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1651 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1652 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1653 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1654 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1655
1656 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1657 accelerometer quirks.
1658
1659 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1660 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1661 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1662 ID of each service.
1663
1664 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1665 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1666 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1667 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1668 view.
1669
1670 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1671 environment variables:
1672
1673 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/ENVIRONMENT.md
1674
1675 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1676 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1677 address.
1678
1679 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1680 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1681 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1682
1683 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
1684 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1685 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1686 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1687 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
1688 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
1689 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1690 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
1691 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1692 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1693 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1694 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
1695 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
1696
1697 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1698 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1699 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1700
1701 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1702 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1703
1704 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1705 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1706 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1707 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
1708 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
1709
1710 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1711 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1712 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1713
1714 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1715 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1716
1717 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1718 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1719 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1720 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1721
1722 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1723 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1724 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1725 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1726 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1727 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1728 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1729 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1730 possibly even including full integrity data.
1731
1732 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
1733 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
1734 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1735 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1736 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1737
1738 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1739 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1740 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1741 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1742 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1743
1744 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
1745 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
1746 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1747 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1748
1749 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
1750 of coredumps in reverse order.
1751
1752 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1753 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1754 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1755 additional informational message in its output.
1756
1757 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1758 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1759 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1760
1761 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
1762 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
1763 scripting languages such as Python.
1764
1765 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1766 namespacing is enabled for them.
1767
1768 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
1769 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1770 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
1771 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
1772 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1773 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
1774
1775 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1776 root key (KSK).
1777
1778 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1779 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1780 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1781
1782 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1783 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1784 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1785 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1786 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1787 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1788 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1789 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1790 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
1791 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1792 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1793 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1794 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1795 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1796 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1797 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1798 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1799 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1800 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1801 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1802 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1803 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1804 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1805 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1806 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1807 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1808 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1809 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1810 Тихонов
1811
1812 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
1813
1814 CHANGES WITH 232:
1815
1816 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1817 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1818 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1819 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1820 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1821 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1822
1823 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1824 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1825
1826 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
1827 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1828 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
1829
1830 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1831 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1832 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1833
1834 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
1835 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1836 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1837 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1838
1839 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
1840 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1841
1842 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1843 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1844 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1845
1846 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1847 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1848 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1849 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1850 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1851 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1852 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
1853 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1854 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1855 permanent modifications to the system.
1856
1857 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
1858 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
1859 container or chroot environments.
1860
1861 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
1862 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1863 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1864 mapped to nobody.
1865
1866 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1867 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1868 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1869 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1870
1871 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1872 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1873
1874 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1875 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1876 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1877 and the support is provisional.
1878
1879 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1880 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1881 unit files in the file system).
1882
1883 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1884 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1885 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1886 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1887 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1888 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1889 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1890 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1891 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1892 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1893 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1894 state is fixed automatically.
1895
1896 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1897 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1898 option.
1899
1900 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1901 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1902 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1903 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1904 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1905 else.
1906
1907 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1908 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1909 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1910 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1911 bootable on physical systems.
1912
1913 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
1914
1915 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1916 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1917 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1918 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1919 used.
1920
1921 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
1922 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
1923 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1924 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1925
1926 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
1927
1928 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
1929 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1930 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1931 of the container).
1932
1933 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
1934 files from the specified location.
1935
1936 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1937 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1938 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1939 be active.
1940
1941 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1942 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1943 trackball devices.
1944
1945 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1946 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1947 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1948
1949 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
1950 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1951 specified service binary exited.)
1952
1953 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
1954 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1955
1956 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
1957 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
1958 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1959 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1960 --since= and --until= options.
1961
1962 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1963 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1964 are automatically propagated to the container.
1965
1966 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
1967 from a single IP address can be limited with
1968 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1969 MaxConnections=.
1970
1971 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1972 configuration.
1973
1974 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1975 drop-ins.
1976
1977 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1978 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1979 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1980 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1981 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1982 [Link] section of .link files.
1983
1984 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1985 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1986 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1987 section of .netdev files.
1988
1989 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
1990 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1991 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1992
1993 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
1994 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1995 .network files.
1996
1997 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1998 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1999 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2000 service runtime cycle.
2001
2002 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2003 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2004 has been traditionally doing.
2005
2006 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2007 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2008 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2009 prevent any later plugins from running.
2010
2011 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2012 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2013 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2014 default of SplitMode=uid.
2015
2016 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2017 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2018 useful.
2019
2020 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2021 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2022 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2023 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2024 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2025 individual namespaces.
2026
2027 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2028 the output, as well as OS release information.
2029
2030 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2031
2032 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2033 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2034 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2035 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2036 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2037
2038 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2039 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2040 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2041 severed.
2042
2043 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2044 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2045 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2046 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2047 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2048 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2049 information about exit statuses and results.
2050
2051 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2052 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2053 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2054 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2055 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2056 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2057
2058 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2059
2060 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2061 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2062 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2063 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2064 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2065 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2066 entirely.
2067
2068 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2069 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2070 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2071
2072 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2073 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2074 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2075 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2076 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2077 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2078 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2079 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2080 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2081 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2082 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2083 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2084 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2085 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2086 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2087 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2088 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2089
2090 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2091 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2092 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2093 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2094
2095 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2096 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2097 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2098 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2099
2100 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2101 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2102 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2103 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2104 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2105 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2106 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2107 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2108 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2109 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2110 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2111 fragment entirely.)
2112
2113 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2114 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2115 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2116
2117 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2118 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2119 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2120 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2121
2122 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2123 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2124 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2125 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2126 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2127 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2128
2129 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2130 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2131
2132 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2133 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2134
2135 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2136 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2137 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2138 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2139 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2140
2141 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2142 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2143 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2144 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2145 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2146 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2147 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2148 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2149 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2150 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2151 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2152 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2153 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2154 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2155 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2156 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2157 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2158 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2159 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2160 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2161 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2162 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2163 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2164 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2165 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2166 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2167
2168 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
2169
2170 CHANGES WITH 231:
2171
2172 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2173 with an additional special character as first argument of the
2174 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
2175 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2176 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2177 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2178 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2179 independently.
2180
2181 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2182 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2183
2184 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2185 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2186 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2187 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
2188 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
2189 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2190 values.
2191
2192 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2193 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2194 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2195 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2196 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2197
2198 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2199 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2200 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2201 7:10am every day.
2202
2203 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2204 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2205 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2206 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2207 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2208 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2209 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2210 available for compatibility.
2211
2212 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2213 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2214 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2215 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2216 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2217 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2218
2219 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2220 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2221 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2222 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2223 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2224 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2225 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2226 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2227 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2228
2229 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2230 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2231 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2232 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
2233 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2234 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2235 desired options.
2236
2237 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2238 cgroupsv2.
2239
2240 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2241 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2242 limited to subgroups of that group.
2243
2244 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2245 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2246 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
2247 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
2248 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2249 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2250 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2251 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2252
2253 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2254 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2255 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2256 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2257 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2258 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2259 own long-running services.
2260
2261 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2262 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2263 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2264 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2265
2266 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2267 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2268 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2269 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2270 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2271 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2272 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2273 primitives.
2274
2275 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2276 "terminate".
2277
2278 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2279 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2280
2281 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2282 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2283 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2284 --flush-caches".
2285
2286 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
2287 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2288 is shown.
2289
2290 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2291 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2292 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
2293 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
2294 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2295 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2296
2297 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2298 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2299 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2300 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2301 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2302 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2303 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2304 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2305 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2306 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2307 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2308 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2309 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2310 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2311 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2312 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2313 bus API instead.
2314
2315 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2316 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2317 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2318 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2319
2320 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2321 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2322 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2323 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2324
2325 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2326 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2327 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2328
2329 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2330 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2331
2332 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2333 interface configuration.
2334
2335 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2336 specifying the --force switch.
2337
2338 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2339 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2340 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2341
2342 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2343 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2344 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2345 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
2346 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
2347 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2348 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2349 to be handled.
2350
2351 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2352 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2353
2354 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2355 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2356
2357 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2358 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2359 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2360
2361 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2362 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2363
2364 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2365 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2366 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2367 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2368 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2369 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
2370 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
2371 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2372 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2373 library.
2374
2375 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2376 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2377 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2378 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2379 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2380 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
2381 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
2382 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2383 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
2384 doc/HACKING for details.
2385
2386 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2387 distribution's bugtracker.
2388
2389 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2390 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2391 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2392 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2393 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2394 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2395 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2396 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2397 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2398 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2399 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2400 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2401 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2402 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2403 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2404 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
2405 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2406 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
2407 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2408
2409 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
2410
2411 CHANGES WITH 230:
2412
2413 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2414 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2415 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2416 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2417 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2418 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2419 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2420 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2421 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
2422 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
2423 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2424 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2425 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2426 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2427 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
2428 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2429 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2430 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2431 applications.)
2432
2433 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
2434 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
2435 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
2436
2437 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2438 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
2439 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
2440 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2441 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2442 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2443 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
2444
2445 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2446 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2447 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
2448 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
2449 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
2450 command works for tmux.
2451
2452 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2453 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2454 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
2455 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2456 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2457 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
2458
2459 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
2460 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
2461
2462 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2463 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
2464 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
2465
2466 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2467
2468 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
2469 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
2470 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2471 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2472 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
2473
2474 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2475 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2476 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
2477 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
2478
2479 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2480 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
2481 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2482 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
2483 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2484 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
2485
2486 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2487 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
2488 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2489
2490 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2491 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2492 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2493 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2494 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2495 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2496
2497 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2498 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2499 address.
2500
2501 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2502 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2503 should be emitted.
2504
2505 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
2506 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2507 supported.
2508
2509 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2510 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2511 logging performance.
2512
2513 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2514 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2515 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2516 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2517 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2518 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2519
2520 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2521 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2522 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2523 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2524
2525 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2526 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
2527
2528 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2529 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2530 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2531
2532 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
2533
2534 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2535 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
2536 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2537 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
2538
2539 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2540 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2541 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2542 refuse to operate on such files.
2543
2544 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2545 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2546 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2547
2548 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2549 just hidden container images.
2550
2551 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2552 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2553
2554 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2555 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2556 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2557 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
2558 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2559 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2560 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2561 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2562 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2563 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2564 been changed to use this functionality by default.
2565
2566 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2567 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2568 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2569 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2570 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2571 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2572 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2573 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2574 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2575 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2576 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2577 terminates.
2578
2579 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
2580 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2581 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2582 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2583
2584 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
2585 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2586 rate of the socket unit.
2587
2588 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2589 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2590 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2591 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2592 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2593
2594 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2595 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2596 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
2597 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
2598 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2599 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2600 with this.
2601
2602 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2603 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2604
2605 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2606 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2607
2608 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2609 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2610 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2611 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2612 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2613
2614 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2615 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2616 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2617
2618 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2619 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2620 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2621 target is now included in early userspace.
2622
2623 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2624 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2625 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2626 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2627 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2628 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2629 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2630 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
2631 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2632 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
2633 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2634 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2635 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
2636 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2637 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2638 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
2639 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2640 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2641 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2642 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2643 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2644 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
2645 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2646 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2647 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2648 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2649
2650 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
2651
2652 CHANGES WITH 229:
2653
2654 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2655 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2656 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
2657 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2658 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2659 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2660 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2661 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2662 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2663 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2664 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2665 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2666 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
2667
2668 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
2669 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2670 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2671 /usr/bin.
2672
2673 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2674 devices.
2675
2676 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2677 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2678 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2679 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2680 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2681 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2682 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2683 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2684 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2685 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2686 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2687 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2688 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2689 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2690 this limit.
2691
2692 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2693 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2694 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2695 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2696 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2697 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2698 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2699 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2700
2701 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2702 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2703 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2704 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2705 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2706 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2707 and group at package installation time.
2708
2709 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2710 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2711 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2712 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2713 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2714
2715 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2716 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
2717 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2718 supports it.
2719
2720 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2721 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2722
2723 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2724 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2725 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2726 file is already initialized.
2727
2728 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2729 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
2730 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2731 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2732 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2733 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2734 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2735 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
2736 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2737
2738 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2739 working directory for the process started in the container.
2740
2741 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2742 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2743 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2744 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2745 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
2746
2747 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2748 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2749 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2750
2751 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2752 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2753 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2754 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2755
2756 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
2757 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2758 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2759 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2760 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
2761
2762 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
2763 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2764 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2765 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2766
2767 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2768 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2769 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
2770 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2771 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2772 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2773 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2774 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
2775 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
2776 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2777 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2778 by PID 1.
2779
2780 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2781 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2782 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2783 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2784 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2785 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2786 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2787 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2788
2789 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2790
2791 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
2792 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
2793 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2794
2795 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2796 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2797 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
2798 recent kernels.
2799
2800 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2801 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2802
2803 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
2804 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2805 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2806 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2807 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2808 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2809 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2810 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2811 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2812 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
2813 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
2814 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2815 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
2816
2817 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
2818 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2819 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2820 clusters or larger setups.
2821
2822 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2823
2824 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2825 sockets.
2826
2827 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2828
2829 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2830 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2831 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2832 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2833 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2834 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2835
2836 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2837 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2838 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2839
2840 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2841 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
2842 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2843 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
2844
2845 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
2846
2847 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2848 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2849 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2850 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2851 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2852 maintain compatibility.
2853
2854 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2855 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2856 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2857 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2858 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2859 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2860 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2861 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2862 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2863 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2864 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2865 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2866 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2867 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2868 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2869 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2870 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2871 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2872 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2873
2874 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
2875
2876 CHANGES WITH 228:
2877
2878 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2879 files are now also available as properties to set when
2880 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2881 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2882 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2883 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2884 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2885 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2886 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2887
2888 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2889 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2890 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
2891
2892 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2893 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2894 created transiently.
2895
2896 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2897 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2898 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2899 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2900 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
2901 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
2902 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2903 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2904
2905 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2906 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2907 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2908
2909 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2910 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2911 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2912 enabled.
2913
2914 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2915 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2916 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2917 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2918 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2919 subvolumes.
2920
2921 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2922 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2923
2924 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2925 individual indexes.
2926
2927 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2928 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2929 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2930 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2931 suffixes now.
2932
2933 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2934 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2935 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2936 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2937 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2938 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2939 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2940 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2941 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2942 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2943 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2944 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2945 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2946 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2947 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2948 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2949 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2950 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2951 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2952 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2953 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2954
2955 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2956 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2957 links between the host and the container.
2958
2959 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2960 added that allows importing select environment variables
2961 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2962 the service.
2963
2964 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
2965 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
2966 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2967 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2968 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2969 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2970 than until they first elapse.
2971
2972 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2973 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2974 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2975 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2976 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2977 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2978 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2979 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2980
2981 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2982 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2983 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2984 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2985 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2986 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2987 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
2988 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
2989 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2990 journal and in coredump handling.
2991
2992 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2993 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2994 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
2995 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
2996 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2997 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2998 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2999 software you package still references it, as this is a
3000 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3001 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3002
3003 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3004
3005 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3006 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3007
3008 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3009 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3010 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3011
3012 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3013 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3014 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3015 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3016 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3017 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3018 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3019 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3020 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3021 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3022 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3023 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3024 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3025 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3026 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3027 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3028
3029 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3030 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3031 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3032 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3033 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3034 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3035 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3036 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3037 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3038 surprises.
3039
3040 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3041 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3042 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3043 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3044 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3045 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3046 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3047 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3048 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3049 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3050 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3051 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3052 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3053 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3054 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3055 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3056 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3057 of PID 1 is the root user).
3058
3059 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3060 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3061 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3062 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3063 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3064 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3065 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3066 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3067 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3068 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3069 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3070 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3071 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3072 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3073 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3074
3075 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3076
3077 CHANGES WITH 227:
3078
3079 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3080 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3081 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3082
3083 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3084 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3085 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3086 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3087 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3088 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3089
3090 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3091 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3092 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3093 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3094 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3095
3096 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3097 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3098 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3099 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3100 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3101 packets on unestablished sockets.
3102
3103 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3104 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3105 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3106 automatically.
3107
3108 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3109 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3110 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3111
3112 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3113 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3114 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3115 for disk IO.
3116
3117 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3118 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3119 removed.
3120
3121 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3122 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3123 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3124 configured in User=.
3125
3126 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3127 directory of the selected user by default.
3128
3129 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3130 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3131 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3132 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3133 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3134 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3135 compat reasons.
3136
3137 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
3138 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
3139 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3140 units.
3141
3142 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3143 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3144 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3145 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3146 level.
3147
3148 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3149 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3150 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3151 namespaces work correctly.
3152
3153 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3154 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3155 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
3156 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
3157 activation.
3158
3159 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3160 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3161 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3162 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3163 system instance in a container.
3164
3165 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3166 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3167 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3168 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3169 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3170 connections.
3171
3172 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3173 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3174
3175 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3176 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3177 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3178 processes attached, or similar.
3179
3180 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3181 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3182 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3183
3184 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3185 specifiers like %i or %f.
3186
3187 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
3188 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3189 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3190 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3191
3192 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3193 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
3194 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
3195 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3196 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3197 descriptors using sd_notify().
3198
3199 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3200
3201 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
3202 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
3203
3204 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3205 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3206
3207 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
3208 .network files.
3209
3210 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3211 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3212 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3213 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3214 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3215 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3216 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3217 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3218 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3219 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3220 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3221 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3222 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3223 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3224 gdm-autologin is used.
3225
3226 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3227 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3228 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3229 next to the image file.
3230
3231 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3232 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3233 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3234 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3235
3236 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3237 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3238 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3239 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3240 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3241 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3242
3243 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3244 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3245 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3246 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
3247 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
3248 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3249 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3250 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3251 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3252 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3253 number of files in place.
3254
3255 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3256 on kernels where that is supported.
3257
3258 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
3259
3260 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3261 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3262 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3263 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3264 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3265 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3266 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3267 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3268 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3269 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3270 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3271 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3272 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3273 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3274 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3275 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3276 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3277 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3278
3279 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
3280
3281 CHANGES WITH 226:
3282
3283 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3284 new features:
3285
3286 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3287 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3288 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3289 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3290 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3291 is any) is propagated.
3292
3293 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3294 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3295 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3296 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3297 information is enabled between host and containers by
3298 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3299 to what the host has set.
3300
3301 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3302 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3303
3304 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3305 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3306 information back, even if the server loses state.
3307
3308 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3309 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3310 PoolSize=.
3311
3312 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3313 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3314 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3315 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3316
3317 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3318 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3319 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3320 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3321 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3322
3323 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3324 for virtio devices.
3325
3326 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3327 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3328 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3329 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3330 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3331 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3332 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3333 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
3334 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
3335 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3336 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3337 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3338 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3339 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3340 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3341 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3342 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3343 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3344 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3345 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3346 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3347 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3348 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3349 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3350 grants them.
3351
3352 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3353 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3354 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3355 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3356 group tree.
3357
3358 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3359 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3360 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3361 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3362 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3363 work correctly in containers now.
3364
3365 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3366 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3367
3368 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3369 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
3370 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3371 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3372 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3373
3374 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3375 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3376 signal events.
3377
3378 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3379 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3380 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3381 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
3382
3383 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3384 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3385 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3386 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3387 nspawn command line.
3388
3389 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3390 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3391 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3392 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3393 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3394 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3395 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3396 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
3397
3398 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
3399
3400 CHANGES WITH 225:
3401
3402 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3403 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3404 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3405 shell directly without prompting for username or
3406 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3407 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3408 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3409 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3410 the originating session.
3411
3412 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3413 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3414
3415 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
3416 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3417 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3418 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3419 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3420 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3421 probably not stabilize on this release.
3422
3423 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3424 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3425 messages.
3426
3427 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3428 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3429 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3430
3431 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3432 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3433
3434 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3435 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3436 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3437 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3438 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3439 posteriori.
3440
3441 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3442 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3443
3444 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3445 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3446 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3447 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3448 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3449 "lastlog" tools.
3450
3451 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3452 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3453 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3454 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3455 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3456
3457 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3458 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3459 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3460 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3461 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3462 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3463 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3464 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3465 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3466 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3467 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3468 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3469
3470 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
3471
3472 CHANGES WITH 224:
3473
3474 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3475 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3476
3477 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3478 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3479 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
3480
3481 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3482 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3483 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3484
3485 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
3486
3487 CHANGES WITH 223:
3488
3489 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3490 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3491 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3492 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3493
3494 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
3495 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3496
3497 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3498 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3499
3500 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3501
3502 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
3503 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
3504 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3505
3506 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3507 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3508 decapsulated packet.
3509
3510 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3511 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3512 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3513 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3514 netlink attribute.
3515
3516 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3517 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3518 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3519 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3520
3521 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3522 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3523 according to RFC2460.
3524
3525 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3526 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3527
3528 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
3529 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
3530 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3531
3532 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3533 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3534 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3535 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3536 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3537 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3538
3539 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
3540 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3541 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3542 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3543 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3544 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3545 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3546 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3547 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3548 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3549
3550 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
3551
3552 CHANGES WITH 222:
3553
3554 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3555 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3556 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3557
3558 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3559 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
3560
3561 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3562 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3563 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3564 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3565 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3566
3567 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3568 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3569 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3570
3571 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3572 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3573 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3574 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3575 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3576
3577 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3578
3579 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3580 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3581 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3582 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
3583 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3584 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3585 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3586 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
3587 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3588 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3589
3590 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
3591
3592 CHANGES WITH 221:
3593
3594 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
3595 stable and have been added to the official interface of
3596 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3597 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3598 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3599 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3600 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
3601 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
3602 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3603 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
3604 portable to other kernels.
3605
3606 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3607 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3608 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
3609 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
3610 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3611 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3612 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3613 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
3614 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
3615 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3616 systemd enabled.
3617
3618 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3619 2.26.
3620
3621 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
3622 favor of calling an abstraction tool
3623 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3624 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3625 in README for details.
3626
3627 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3628 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3629 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3630 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3631 unit.
3632
3633 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3634 into man pages.
3635
3636 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3637 external project.
3638
3639 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
3640 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
3641
3642 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3643 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3644 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3645 state.
3646
3647 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3648 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3649 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3650
3651 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3652 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3653 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3654 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3655 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3656 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3657 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3658 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3659 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3660 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3661 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
3662 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3663 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3664 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3665 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3666 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3667
3668 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
3669
3670 CHANGES WITH 220:
3671
3672 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3673 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3674 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3675 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3676 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3677 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3678 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
3679 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
3680
3681 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3682 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3683 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3684 service consumed). This value is only available if
3685 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3686 in the "systemctl status" output.
3687
3688 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3689 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
3690 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
3691 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3692 previously was already the default behaviour).
3693
3694 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3695 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3696 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3697
3698 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3699 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
3700 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
3701 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3702
3703 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3704 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3705 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3706 journalling file systems that support external journal
3707 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3708 systems to be mounted.
3709
3710 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3711 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3712 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3713 stable release this should not be problematic.
3714
3715 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3716 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3717 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3718 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3719 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3720
3721 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3722 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3723 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3724 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3725 network switches.
3726
3727 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3728 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3729
3730 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3731 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3732 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3733
3734 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3735
3736 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3737 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3738 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3739 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3740 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3741 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3742 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3743 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3744 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3745 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3746 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3747 been fixed in v220.
3748
3749 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3750 systemd-networkd.
3751
3752 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3753 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
3754 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
3755 containers started from the command line.
3756
3757 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3758 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3759
3760 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3761 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3762 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3763 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3764
3765 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3766 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3767 when shutting down.
3768
3769 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3770 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3771 overlayfs support.
3772
3773 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3774 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3775 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3776 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3777 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3778 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3779 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3780
3781 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3782 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3783 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3784
3785 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3786 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3787 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3788 of v1 as before).
3789
3790 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3791 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3792
3793 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3794 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3795 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3796 without further privileges or authorization.
3797
3798 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3799 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3800 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3801 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3802 accessible via a bus interface.
3803
3804 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3805 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3806 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3807 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3808 to cover this functionality.
3809
3810 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
3811 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
3812 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3813 disabled/masked also stopped.
3814
3815 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
3816 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3817 updated to support systemd-boot.
3818
3819 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3820 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3821 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3822 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3823 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
3824 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
3825 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3826 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3827 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3828
3829 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3830 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3831 system.
3832
3833 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3834 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3835 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3836 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3837 device symlinks.
3838
3839 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3840 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3841 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3842 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3843
3844 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3845 stick devices has been added.
3846
3847 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3848 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3849
3850 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3851 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3852 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3853 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3854 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3855
3856 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3857 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3858 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3859
3860 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3861 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3862 Debian.
3863
3864 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3865 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3866 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3867
3868 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3869 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3870 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3871 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3872 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3873 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3874 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3875 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3876 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3877 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3878 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3879 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3880 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3881 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3882 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3883 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3884 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3885 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3886 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3887 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3888 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3889 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3890 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3891 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3892 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3893 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3894 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3895
3896 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
3897
3898 CHANGES WITH 219:
3899
3900 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3901 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3902 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3903 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3904 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3905 interface with and update the database.
3906
3907 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3908 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3909 before bytewise copying is done.
3910
3911 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3912 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3913 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3914 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3915 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3916 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3917 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3918 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3919 available on btrfs file systems.
3920
3921 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3922 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
3923 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
3924 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3925 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3926 systems.
3927
3928 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3929 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3930 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3931 mount point remains.
3932
3933 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3934 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3935 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3936 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3937 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3938 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3939 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3940 are disabled.
3941
3942 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3943 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3944 container to the host or vice versa.
3945
3946 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3947 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3948 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3949
3950 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3951 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3952
3953 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3954 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3955 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3956 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3957 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3958 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3959 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3960 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3961 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
3962 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
3963 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3964 make the functionality of importd available to the
3965 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3966 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3967 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3968 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3969 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3970 only fully supported on btrfs.
3971
3972 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3973 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3974 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3975 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3976 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3977 information about images.
3978
3979 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3980 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
3981 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
3982 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3983 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3984 legacy file systems).
3985
3986 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3987 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3988 shown in networkctl output.
3989
3990 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3991 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3992 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3993 processes as system services while interactively
3994 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3995 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3996 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3997 full login session, the difference being that the former
3998 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3999 setup.
4000
4001 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4002 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4003 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4004 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4005 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4006
4007 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4008 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4009 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4010 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4011 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4012 via qemu/kvm.
4013
4014 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4015 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4016 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4017 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4018 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4019 disk images, too.
4020
4021 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4022 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4023 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4024 integrate with that.
4025
4026 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4027 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4028 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4029 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4030
4031 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4032 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4033 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4034
4035 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4036 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4037 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4038 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4039 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4040 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4041 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4042 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4043 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4044 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4045
4046 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4047 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4048 files.
4049
4050 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4051 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4052 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4053 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4054 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4055 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4056 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4057 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4058 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4059 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4060 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4061 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4062 explicitly turned on.
4063
4064 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4065 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4066 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4067 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4068
4069 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4070 supported.
4071
4072 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4073 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4074 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4075 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4076 associated with a virtual machine or container
4077 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4078 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4079 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4080 output however.)
4081
4082 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4083 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4084 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4085 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4086 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4087 caller's session/user.
4088
4089 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4090 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4091 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4092 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4093 user services.
4094
4095 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4096 same way as unit files.
4097
4098 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4099 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4100 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4101 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4102 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4103 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4104 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4105 the host.
4106
4107 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4108 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4109 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4110 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4111 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4112 host.
4113
4114 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4115 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4116 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4117 updated to make use of it too by default.
4118
4119 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4120 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4121 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4122 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4123
4124 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4125 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4126 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4127 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4128 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4129 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4130 modification.
4131
4132 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4133 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4134 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4135 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
4136 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4137 information about Touchpad types.
4138
4139 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4140 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4141
4142 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4143 Policy link field.
4144
4145 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4146 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4147
4148 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4149 ACLs on files.
4150
4151 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4152 tmpfs, automatically.
4153
4154 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4155 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4156 status" output, if available.
4157
4158 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4159 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4160 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4161 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4162 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4163 run on next reboot.
4164
4165 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4166 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4167 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4168 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4169 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4170 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4171 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4172
4173 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4174 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4175 after a configurable timeout.
4176
4177 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4178 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4179 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4180 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4181 it non-idle.
4182
4183 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4184 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4185
4186 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4187 each .network interface in networkd.
4188
4189 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4190 in .network files.
4191
4192 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4193 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4194
4195 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
4196 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4197 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4198 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4199 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4200 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4201 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4202 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4203 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4204 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4205 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4206 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4207 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4208 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4209 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
4210 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4211 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4212 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4213 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4214 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4215 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4216 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
4217 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4218 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4219
4220 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
4221
4222 CHANGES WITH 218:
4223
4224 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4225 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4226 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
4227 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
4228
4229 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
4230 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
4231 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4232 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4233 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4234
4235 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4236
4237 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
4238 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
4239 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4240 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4241 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4242 modified configuration after editing.
4243
4244 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4245 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4246 system preset files.
4247
4248 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4249 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4250 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4251 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4252 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4253 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4254 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4255 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4256 other contexts.
4257
4258 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4259 inhibitors.
4260
4261 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
4262 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
4263 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4264 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4265 managers.
4266
4267 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4268 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4269 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4270 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4271 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
4272 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
4273 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4274 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4275 parallel to journald.
4276
4277 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4278 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4279 available.
4280
4281 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4282 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
4283 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
4284 or are not older than the specified time.
4285
4286 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4287 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4288 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4289 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4290
4291 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4292 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4293 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4294 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4295 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4296 communication.
4297
4298 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4299 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4300 services.
4301
4302 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4303 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4304 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4305 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4306 the new "busctl tree" command.
4307
4308 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4309 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4310 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4311 friendly way.
4312
4313 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4314 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4315 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4316 race-ful way.
4317
4318 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4319 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
4320 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
4321 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4322 --link-journal=try-guest.
4323
4324 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4325 stable MAC addresses.
4326
4327 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4328 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4329 the respective unit shall use.
4330
4331 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4332 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4333 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4334 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4335
4336 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
4337 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
4338 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
4339 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4340 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4341 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4342
4343 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
4344 details see:
4345
4346 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4347
4348 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4349 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
4350 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4351 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4352 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4353 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4354 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4355 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4356 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4357 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4358 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4359 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4360
4361 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4362 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4363 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4364 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4365 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4366
4367 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4368 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4369 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4370 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4371 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4372 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4373 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4374 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4375
4376 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
4377 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
4378 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4379 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4380 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4381 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4382 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4383 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4384 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4385 interface.
4386
4387 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4388 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4389 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4390 luks.name= argument.
4391
4392 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4393 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4394 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4395 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4396 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4397 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4398
4399 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4400 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4401 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4402
4403 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4404 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4405 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4406 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4407 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4408 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4409 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4410 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4411 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4412 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4413 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
4414 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4415 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4416 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4417 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4418 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4419 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4420 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4421
4422 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
4423
4424 CHANGES WITH 217:
4425
4426 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4427 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4428 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4429 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
4430
4431 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4432 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4433 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4434 now waits until the operation is complete.
4435
4436 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4437 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4438 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4439 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
4440 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4441 connection.
4442
4443 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4444 commands anymore.
4445
4446 * User units are now loaded also from
4447 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4448 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4449 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4450
4451 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4452 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4453 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4454 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4455 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4456 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4457 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4458 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4459 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4460 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4461 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4462 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4463 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4464 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4465 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4466 question.
4467
4468 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4469 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4470 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4471
4472 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4473 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4474 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
4475 command line to trigger resume.
4476
4477 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4478 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4479 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
4480 Desktop=systemd-console.
4481
4482 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4483 systemd-networkd.
4484
4485 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
4486 from the information provided by the networking stack
4487 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4488
4489 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4490 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4491
4492 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4493 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4494 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4495
4496 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
4497
4498 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
4499 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
4500 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
4501 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4502 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4503 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
4504
4505 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
4506 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4507 respected.
4508
4509 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4510 virtualization.
4511
4512 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
4513 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
4514 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4515 on.
4516
4517 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4518
4519 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4520
4521 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4522 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
4523 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4524 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4525 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4526 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4527 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4528
4529 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4530 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4531 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4532 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4533 from the service's view entirely.
4534
4535 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4536 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4537
4538 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4539 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4540 session.
4541
4542 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4543 legacy-free systems.
4544
4545 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4546 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4547 easily.
4548
4549 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4550 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4551 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4552 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4553 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4554 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4555 option.
4556
4557 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
4558 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
4559 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4560 /usr.
4561
4562 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
4563 services, not only the main process.
4564
4565 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4566 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4567 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4568 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4569 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4570
4571 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4572 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4573 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4574 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4575 directly from now on, again.
4576
4577 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
4578 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4579 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4580 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4581 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4582 enabling and disabling.
4583
4584 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4585 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4586 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4587 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4588 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4589 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4590 unnecessary or unlikely.
4591
4592 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4593 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
4594 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
4595 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4596
4597 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4598 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4599 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4600 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4601 overwritten at runtime.
4602
4603 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4604 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4605 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4606 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4607 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4608 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4609 segmentation fault.
4610
4611 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4612 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4613 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4614 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4615 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4616 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4617 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4618 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4619 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4620 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4621 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4622 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4623 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4624 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4625 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4626 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4627 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4628 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4629 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4630 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4631 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
4632 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4633
4634 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4635
4636 CHANGES WITH 216:
4637
4638 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
4639 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
4640 implementations should add a
4641
4642 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
4643
4644 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4645 default functionality.
4646
4647 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4648 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4649 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4650 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4651 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4652 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4653 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4654 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4655 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4656 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4657 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4658 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4659 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4660
4661 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4662 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4663 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4664 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4665 added eventually, too.
4666
4667 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4668 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4669 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4670 new command to update these fields.
4671
4672 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4673 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4674 have been discovered via DHCP.
4675
4676 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4677 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
4678 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4679 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
4680 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4681 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4682 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4683 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
4684 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
4685 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4686 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4687 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
4688 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
4689 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4690 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4691 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4692 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4693 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4694 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4695 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4696
4697 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4698 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4699 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4700
4701 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4702 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4703 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
4704 and present it to the user in a very friendly
4705 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4706 control utility for networkd.
4707
4708 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4709 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
4710 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
4711 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4712 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4713 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4714 (NoDelay=).
4715
4716 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
4717 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4718
4719 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
4720 be started only after time-sync.target has been
4721 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4722 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4723 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4724 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4725
4726 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4727 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4728 of the link.
4729
4730 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4731 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4732
4733 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4734 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4735
4736 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
4737 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4738 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4739 for DHCP.
4740
4741 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4742 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4743 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4744 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4745 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4746 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4747 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4748 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4749
4750 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4751 validation of unit files.
4752
4753 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4754 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4755 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4756 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4757 address may now be configured.
4758
4759 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4760 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4761 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4762 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4763
4764 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4765 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4766
4767 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4768 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4769 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4770 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4771
4772 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4773 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4774 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4775 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4776 implementation.
4777
4778 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4779 journal data to a remote system running
4780 systemd-journal-remote.
4781
4782 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4783 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4784 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4785 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4786 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
4787 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
4788 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4789 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4790 version, you have to turn this option on again
4791 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4792
4793 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4794 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4795 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4796
4797 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4798 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4799
4800 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4801 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4802
4803 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4804 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4805 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4806
4807 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4808 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
4809 hostname, root password) interactively on first
4810 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4811 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4812
4813 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4814
4815 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4816
4817 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4818 when primary addresses are removed.
4819
4820 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4821 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4822 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4823 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4824 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4825 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4826 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4827 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4828 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4829 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4830 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4831 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4832 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4833 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4834 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4835
4836 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
4837
4838 CHANGES WITH 215:
4839
4840 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4841 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4842 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4843 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4844 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4845 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4846 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4847 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4848 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4849 require.
4850
4851 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4852 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4853
4854 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4855 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4856 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4857 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4858 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4859 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4860 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4861
4862 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4863 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4864 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4865 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4866 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4867 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4868 update or reset should use this condition and order
4869 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4870 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4871 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4872 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4873 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4874 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4875 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
4876 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
4877 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4878
4879 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4880
4881 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4882 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4883 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
4884 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4885
4886 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4887 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4888 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4889 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4890 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4891 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4892 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
4893 .network files using settings of this section should be
4894 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4895 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
4896
4897 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4898 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
4899
4900 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4901 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4902 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4903 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4904 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4905 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4906 of nspawn instances.
4907
4908 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4909 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4910 added.
4911
4912 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4913 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4914 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4915 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4916 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4917 configuration stored in /etc.
4918
4919 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4920 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4921 parsing of unknown mount options.
4922
4923 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4924 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4925 it already exist and not already be the correct
4926 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
4927 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4928 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4929 pre-existing files of different types.
4930
4931 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4932 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
4933 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
4934 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4935 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4936 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4937 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4938
4939 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4940 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4941 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4942 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4943 shall be executed.
4944
4945 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4946 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
4947 example whether it is fully up and running.
4948
4949 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4950 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4951 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4952 reset.
4953
4954 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4955 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4956
4957 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4958 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4959 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4960
4961 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4962 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4963 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4964
4965 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4966 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4967 access to this group.
4968
4969 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4970 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4971 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4972 to the journal.
4973
4974 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4975 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4976 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4977 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4978 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4979 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4980
4981 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4982 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4983 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4984 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4985 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4986 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4987 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4988 the old name to the new name.
4989
4990 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
4991 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
4992 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4993
4994 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4995 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4996 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4997 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4998 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4999 "systemd-debug-generator".
5000
5001 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5002 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5003 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5004 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5005 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5006 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5007 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5008 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5009 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5010 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5011 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5012
5013 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5014 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5015 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5016 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5017 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5018 machine and user.
5019
5020 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5021 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5022 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5023 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5024 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5025
5026 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5027 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5028 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5029 couple of drop-in directories.
5030
5031 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5032 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5033 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5034 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5035 for dev_port.
5036
5037 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5038 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5039 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5040 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5041
5042 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5043 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5044 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5045 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5046 Restart= setting.
5047
5048 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5049 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5050 directly connect to a specific container on the
5051 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5052 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5053 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5054 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5055 containers is a privileged operation.
5056
5057 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5058 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5059 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5060 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5061 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5062 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5063 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5064 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5065 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5066 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5067 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5068 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5069
5070 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5071
5072 CHANGES WITH 214:
5073
5074 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5075 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5076 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5077 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5078 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5079 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5080 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5081 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5082 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5083 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5084 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5085 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5086 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5087 devices are excluded from this logic.
5088
5089 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5090 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5091 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5092 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5093 change has been released.
5094
5095 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5096 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5097 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5098
5099 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5100 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5101 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5102 with fewer privileges.
5103
5104 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5105 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5106 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5107 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5108
5109 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5110 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5111
5112 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5113 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5114
5115 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5116 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5117 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5118
5119 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5120 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5121 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5122 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5123 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5124 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5125
5126 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5127 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5128 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5129
5130 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5131 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5132 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5133 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5134 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5135 modifications of user data or system files from
5136 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5137 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5138
5139 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5140 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5141 and FIFOs in the file system.
5142
5143 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
5144 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5145 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5146
5147 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5148 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
5149 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
5150 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
5151 the socket itself.
5152
5153 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5154 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5155 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5156 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5157 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5158 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5159 symlinks, and nothing else.
5160
5161 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5162 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5163 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5164 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5165 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5166 process (for example, the parent process). The
5167 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5168 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5169 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5170 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5171 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5172 messages to services when the originating process already
5173 vanished.
5174
5175 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
5176 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
5177 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5178 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5179 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5180 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5181 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5182 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5183 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5184 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5185 all long-running services.
5186
5187 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5188 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5189 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5190 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5191 service.
5192
5193 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5194 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5195 applied to all submounts, too.
5196
5197 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5198
5199 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5200 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5201 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5202 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5203 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5204 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5205 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5206
5207 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
5208 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5209 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
5210 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
5211 (domU) domains.
5212
5213 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5214 files or entire directories.
5215
5216 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
5217 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5218 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5219 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
5220 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5221
5222 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5223 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5224 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5225 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
5226 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5227 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
5228 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
5229 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
5230 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5231 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5232 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5233 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5234
5235 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5236 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5237 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5238 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5239
5240 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5241 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
5242 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
5243 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
5244 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5245 non-directories.
5246
5247 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5248 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5249 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5250
5251 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5252 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5253 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5254 this group.
5255
5256 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5257 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5258 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5259 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5260 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5261 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5262 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5263
5264 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
5265
5266 CHANGES WITH 213:
5267
5268 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
5269 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
5270 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
5271 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
5272 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
5273 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5274 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
5275 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
5276 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
5277 client should be more than appropriate for most
5278 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5279 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5280 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5281 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5282 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
5283 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
5284 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
5285 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
5286 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
5287 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
5288 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
5289
5290 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5291 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
5292 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5293 part of a different namespace.
5294
5295 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5296 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
5297 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5298 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
5299
5300 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5301 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
5302 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
5303
5304 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5305 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
5306 when a service fails. This works similarly to
5307 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
5308 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5309 restart the service in question.
5310
5311 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
5312 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5313 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5314 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5315 details when running non-locally.
5316
5317 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5318 graphs it generates.
5319
5320 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5321 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5322 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5323 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5324 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5325
5326 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5327
5328 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5329 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5330 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5331 what it was on SysV systems.
5332
5333 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5334 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5335
5336 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5337 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5338 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5339 files.
5340
5341 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5342 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5343 to show these addresses in its output.
5344
5345 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5346 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5347 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5348 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5349 preferred over a text one.
5350
5351 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5352 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5353 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5354 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5355 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5356 mDNS cache.
5357
5358 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5359 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5360 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5361 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5362 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5363
5364 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
5365 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
5366 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
5367 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
5368 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5369
5370 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5371 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5372 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
5373 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
5374 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5375 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5376 overrides any other settings.
5377
5378 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
5379 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5380 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5381 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5382 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5383 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5384 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5385 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5386 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5387 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5388 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5389 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5390 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5391 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5392 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5393 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
5394 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5395
5396 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
5397
5398 CHANGES WITH 212:
5399
5400 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5401 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5402 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5403 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5404 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5405 by accident.
5406
5407 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5408 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5409 registered with machined.
5410
5411 * sd-login gained new calls
5412 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5413 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
5414 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
5415 counterparts.
5416
5417 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5418 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5419 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5420 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5421 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5422 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5423 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5424 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5425 once.
5426
5427 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5428 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5429 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5430
5431 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5432 units on all local containers, when used with the
5433 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5434 executed when no parameters are specified).
5435
5436 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5437 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5438 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5439 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5440
5441 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
5442 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
5443 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5444 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5445 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5446 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5447
5448 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5449 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5450 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5451 of the container.
5452
5453 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5454 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5455 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5456 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5457 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
5458 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5459 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5460 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
5461
5462 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5463 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5464 instead of /.
5465
5466 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5467 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5468 emergency messages now.
5469
5470 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5471 journal log messages across the network.
5472
5473 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5474 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5475 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5476 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5477 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5478 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5479 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5480
5481 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5482 down a local OS container.
5483
5484 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5485 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5486 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5487
5488 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5489 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5490 this is appropriate.
5491
5492 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
5493 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
5494 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5495
5496 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5497 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5498 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5499 for debugging purposes.
5500
5501 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5502 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5503 in seconds.
5504
5505 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5506 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5507 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5508 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5509 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5510 like on traditional inetd.
5511
5512 * A new system.conf configuration option
5513 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5514 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5515
5516 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
5517 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5518 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5519 do these days).
5520
5521 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
5522 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5523 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5524 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
5525 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5526 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
5527
5528 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5529 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5530 it will be triggered.
5531
5532 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5533 addresses to its local interfaces.
5534
5535 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5536 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5537 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5538 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5539 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5540 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5541 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5542 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5543 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5544
5545 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
5546
5547 CHANGES WITH 211:
5548
5549 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5550 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5551 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5552 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5553 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5554 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5555
5556 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5557 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5558 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5559 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5560 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5561 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5562 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5563 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
5564 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
5565
5566 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5567 matching against device group names.
5568
5569 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5570 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5571 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5572 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
5573 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
5574 though.
5575
5576 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5577 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5578 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
5579 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
5580 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5581 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
5582 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5583 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
5584 systems prepared appropriately.
5585
5586 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5587 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5588 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5589 (see above). This means that installations made with
5590 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5591 deployed using container managers, completely
5592 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5593 this feature soon, too.)
5594
5595 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5596 set up a private macvlan interface for the
5597 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
5598 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5599
5600 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5601 using IPv4LL.
5602
5603 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5604 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5605 systemd-networkd.
5606
5607 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5608 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5609 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5610 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5611 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5612
5613 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5614 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5615 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
5616 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
5617 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5618 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5619 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5620 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5621 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5622 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5623 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
5624 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
5625 users.
5626
5627 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5628 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5629 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5630 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5631 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5632 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5633 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5634 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5635 due to a closed lid.
5636
5637 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5638 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5639 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5640 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
5641 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
5642 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5643
5644 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5645 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5646 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5647 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5648 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5649
5650 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5651 now also work in --scope mode.
5652
5653 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5654 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5655 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5656 promises are made.)
5657
5658 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5659 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5660 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5661 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5662 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5663 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5664 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5665 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5666 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5667 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5668
5669 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
5670
5671 CHANGES WITH 210:
5672
5673 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5674 according to SMACK rules.
5675
5676 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
5677 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5678
5679 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5680 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5681 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5682
5683 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5684 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5685 and machine ID.
5686
5687 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
5688 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
5689 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
5690 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5691 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
5692 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
5693 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
5694 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
5695 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5696 backpack or similar.
5697
5698 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5699 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
5700 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
5701 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
5702 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5703 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5704 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5705 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5706 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5707 this on its own.
5708
5709 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5710 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5711 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5712 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5713
5714 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5715 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5716 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5717 --network-bridge= switches.
5718
5719 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5720 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5721 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5722 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5723 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5724 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5725 each configuration option.
5726
5727 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
5728 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
5729 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
5730 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
5731 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5732
5733 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5734 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5735 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5736 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5737 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5738
5739 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5740 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5741 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5742 default however.
5743
5744 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
5745 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5746 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
5747 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
5748 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5749 them with systemd-networkd.
5750
5751 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5752 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5753 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
5754 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
5755 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5756 is drastically increased, but given that these are
5757 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
5758 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5759 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
5760 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
5761 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
5762 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5763 during a transitional period!
5764
5765 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
5766 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5767 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5768 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5769 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5770 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5771 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5772 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5773
5774 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
5775
5776 CHANGES WITH 209:
5777
5778 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5779 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
5780 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5781 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
5782 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
5783 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5784 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
5785 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
5786 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
5787 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
5788 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5789 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
5790
5791 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
5792 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
5793 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5794 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
5795 machines and the like.
5796
5797 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5798 shutdown/boot.
5799
5800 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5801 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
5802
5803 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5804 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
5805 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
5806 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5807
5808 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5809 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
5810 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
5811 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
5812 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
5813 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5814
5815 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5816 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5817 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
5818 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
5819 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5820 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5821 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5822 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
5823 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
5824
5825 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
5826 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
5827
5828 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5829 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5830 implementation.
5831
5832 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
5833 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
5834 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5835 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5836 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5837 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5838 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5839 and .service units.
5840
5841 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5842 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5843 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5844
5845 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
5846 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
5847 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
5848 nothing makes use of it.
5849
5850 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5851 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5852 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5853
5854 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5855 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5856 compatibility purposes.
5857
5858 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5859 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5860 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
5861 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
5862 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5863 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5864 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5865 process handling.
5866
5867 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5868 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5869 style to "sd-bus.h".
5870
5871 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5872 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
5873 "systemd-networkd".
5874
5875 * There is a new kernel command line option
5876 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5877 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5878 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5879 are not restored.
5880
5881 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5882 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5883 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5884 PID1's support for that anymore.
5885
5886 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
5887 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5888
5889 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5890 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5891 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5892 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5893 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5894 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5895
5896 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
5897 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
5898 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5899 onto remote systems.
5900
5901 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5902 login in any local container. This works with any container
5903 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
5904 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
5905
5906 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5907 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5908 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5909 system of some kind.
5910
5911 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5912 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5913 next.
5914
5915 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5916 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5917 reboot() system call.
5918
5919 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5920 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
5921 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
5922 still available but not advertised anymore.
5923
5924 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5925 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
5926 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
5927 within each Unit.
5928
5929 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5930 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
5931 the kernel).
5932
5933 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
5934 timestamps (following the setting in
5935 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
5936
5937 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5938 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5939
5940 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5941 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5942
5943 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5944 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5945 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5946
5947 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5948 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
5949 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5950 the full configuration is shown.
5951
5952 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5953 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
5954 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5955
5956 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
5957
5958 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5959 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5960
5961 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
5962 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5963 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5964 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5965
5966 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5967 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5968 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5969 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5970
5971 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5972 of the legend text.
5973
5974 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5975 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5976 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5977 remote sessions.
5978
5979 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5980 information of SDIO devices.
5981
5982 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5983 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5984 the system manager.
5985
5986 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
5987 short description of the connection parameters in the
5988 description.
5989
5990 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
5991 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
5992 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
5993 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5994 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5995 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5996 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
5997
5998 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
5999 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6000 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6001 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6002 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6003 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6004 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6005 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6006 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6007
6008 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6009 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6010 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6011 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6012 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6013 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6014 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6015 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6016 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6017 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6018 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6019 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6020 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6021 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6022 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6023 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6024 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6025 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6026 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6027 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6028 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6029 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6030 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6031
6032 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6033 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6034 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6035 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6036 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6037 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6038 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6039 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6040 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6041 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6042 APIs.
6043
6044 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6045 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6046 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6047 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6048 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6049 declare the APIs stable.
6050
6051 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6052 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6053 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6054 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6055 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6056 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6057 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6058 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6059 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6060 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6061 one of them is updated.
6062
6063 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6064 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6065 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6066 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6067 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6068
6069 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6070 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6071 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6072 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6073 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6074 entry points.
6075
6076 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6077 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6078 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6079 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6080 been disabled at compile-time.
6081
6082 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6083 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6084 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6085 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6086
6087 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6088 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6089 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6090
6091 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6092 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6093 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6094
6095 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6096 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6097 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6098
6099 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6100 remains until jobs expire.
6101
6102 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6103 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6104 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6105 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6106 all remaining processes of the service.
6107
6108 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6109 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6110 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6111 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6112 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6113 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6114 manager process which created them takes no further
6115 responsibilities for it.
6116
6117 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6118 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6119 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6120 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6121 marked executable or world-writable.
6122
6123 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6124 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6125 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6126 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6127
6128 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6129 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6130 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6131 independent of the host.
6132
6133 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6134 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
6135 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
6136 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6137
6138 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6139 with specific SELinux labels set.
6140
6141 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6142 any additional output but the container's own console
6143 output.
6144
6145 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6146 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6147
6148 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
6149 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
6150 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
6151 OS images, but only specific apps.
6152
6153 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
6154 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
6155 results in registration of the unit service itself in
6156 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
6157
6158 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6159 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
6160 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
6161 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6162 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6163 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
6164
6165 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6166 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
6167 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
6168 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6169 units to use.
6170
6171 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6172 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6173 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6174 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6175
6176 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6177 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6178 context for a service.
6179
6180 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6181 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
6182 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6183 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
6184 influence this logic.
6185
6186 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6187 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6188 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6189 other things.
6190
6191 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
6192 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
6193 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6194 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
6195 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6196 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6197 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
6198 architectures). There is also a global
6199 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
6200 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6201
6202 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6203 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6204
6205 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6206 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6207 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6208 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6209 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6210 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6211 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6212 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6213 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6214 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6215 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6216 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6217 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6218 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6219 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6220 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6221 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6222 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6223 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6224 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6225 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6226 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6227 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6228 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6229
6230 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
6231
6232 CHANGES WITH 208:
6233
6234 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6235 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6236 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6237 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6238 access input and drm devices which are normally
6239 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6240 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6241 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6242 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6243 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6244 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6245 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6246 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6247
6248 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
6249 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
6250 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6251
6252 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6253 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6254 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6255 kernel version number.
6256
6257 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6258 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
6259 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
6260
6261 * This release removes high-level support for the
6262 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6263 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6264 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
6265 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
6266
6267 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6268 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6269 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
6270 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6271 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
6272 cgroup system.
6273
6274 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6275 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6276 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6277 logs among other things.
6278
6279 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6280 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6281 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6282 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6283 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6284 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6285 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6286 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6287 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6288 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6289 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6290 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6291 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6292 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6293 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6294 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6295 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6296 not delayed until next reboot.
6297
6298 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6299 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6300 systemd generated files in one directory.
6301
6302 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6303 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6304 performance information if that's available to determine how
6305 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6306 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6307 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6308
6309 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6310 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6311 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6312 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6313 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6314 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6315 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6316
6317 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
6318
6319 CHANGES WITH 207:
6320
6321 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
6322 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
6323 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6324 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6325
6326 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6327 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6328 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6329 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6330 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6331
6332 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6333 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6334
6335 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6336 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6337 maximum number of tries.
6338
6339 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6340 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6341 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6342
6343 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6344 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6345
6346 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6347 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
6348 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
6349
6350 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6351 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
6352 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6353
6354 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6355 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
6356 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
6357 and type).
6358
6359 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
6360 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6361
6362 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6363 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
6364 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
6365 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6366
6367 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6368 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6369 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6370 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6371 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6372 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6373 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6374 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6375
6376 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6377 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6378 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6379 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6380
6381 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6382 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6383 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6384 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6385 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6386 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6387 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
6388
6389 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6390 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6391
6392 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6393 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6394 automatically after the process terminated.
6395
6396 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6397 certain paths from operation.
6398
6399 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
6400 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6401 is received.
6402
6403 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6404 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6405 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6406 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6407 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6408 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6409 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6410 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6411 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6412 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6413 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6414 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6415 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6416
6417 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
6418
6419 CHANGES WITH 206:
6420
6421 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6422 concepts introduced with 205.
6423
6424 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6425 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6426 -r".
6427
6428 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6429 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
6430 --state= parameter.
6431
6432 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6433 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6434 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6435 the journal.
6436
6437 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6438 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6439 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6440
6441 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6442 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6443 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6444 browsing logs from that point on.
6445
6446 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6447 of an FSS key.
6448
6449 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6450 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6451 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6452 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6453 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
6454 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
6455 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6456 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6457 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6458 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6459 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6460 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6461 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6462 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6463
6464 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6465 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
6466 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
6467 backing module right-away.
6468
6469 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6470 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6471
6472 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6473 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6474
6475 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6476 set of processes in the message metadata.
6477
6478 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6479
6480 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6481 support for passing performance data via environment
6482 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6483 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6484 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6485 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6486 deserialize it again.
6487
6488 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6489 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6490 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6491 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
6492
6493 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6494 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6495 completely silent shutdown when used.
6496
6497 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6498 option in .socket units.
6499
6500 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6501 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6502 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6503 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6504 system.slice as before.
6505
6506 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6507
6508 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6509 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6510 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6511 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6512 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6513 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6514 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6515
6516 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
6517
6518 CHANGES WITH 205:
6519
6520 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6521
6522 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
6523 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
6524 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6525 possible for system services and applications to group their
6526 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6527 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6528 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6529
6530 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
6531 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
6532 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6533 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6534 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6535
6536 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6537 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6538 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6539 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6540
6541 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6542 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6543 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6544 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6545 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6546 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6547 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6548 and useful as a general batch manager.
6549
6550 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6551 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6552 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6553 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6554 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6555 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6556 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6557 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6558 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6559 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6560
6561 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6562 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6563 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6564 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6565 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6566 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6567 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6568 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6569 is compile-time optional.
6570
6571 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6572 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6573 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6574 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6575 well as slice units.
6576
6577 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6578 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6579 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6580 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6581 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6582 command that wraps this call.
6583
6584 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6585 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6586 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6587 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6588 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6589 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6590 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6591
6592 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6593 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6594 off audit.
6595
6596 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6597 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6598
6599 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
6600 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6601 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6602 and system logs.
6603
6604 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6605 snippets extending unit files.
6606
6607 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6608 not available as public API.
6609
6610 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
6611 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
6612 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6613
6614 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6615 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6616 controls what to boot into by default.
6617
6618 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6619 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6620
6621 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6622 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6623 about the unit file loading.
6624
6625 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6626 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6627 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6628 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6629 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6630 racy due to journal file rotation.
6631
6632 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6633 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6634 all services.
6635
6636 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6637 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6638 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6639 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6640 system services want to log events about specific client
6641 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6642 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6643 unit is requested.
6644
6645 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6646 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6647 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6648 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6649 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6650 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6651 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6652 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6653 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6654 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6655 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6656 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6657 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6658
6659 CHANGES WITH 204:
6660
6661 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6662 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6663
6664 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6665 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6666 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6667
6668 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6669 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6670
6671 CHANGES WITH 203:
6672
6673 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6674 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6675
6676 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6677 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6678 fields, including the root directory.
6679
6680 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6681 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
6682 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
6683 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6684 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6685 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6686 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6687 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6688 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6689 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6690 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6691
6692 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6693 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6694
6695 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6696 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6697
6698 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6699 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6700 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6701 the local hostname.
6702
6703 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6704 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6705 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6706 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6707 VMs/containers coming and going.
6708
6709 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6710 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6711 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6712
6713 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6714 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6715 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6716 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6717
6718 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6719 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6720 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6721
6722 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6723 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6724 services. With the container's root directory in
6725 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6726 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6727
6728 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6729 the processes within a certain container.
6730
6731 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6732 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6733 check though. Patches welcome!
6734
6735 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6736 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6737 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6738 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6739 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6740
6741 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6742 the passed argument if applicable.
6743
6744 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6745 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6746 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6747 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6748 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6749 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6750 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6751 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6752
6753 CHANGES WITH 202:
6754
6755 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6756 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6757 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6758 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6759 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6760 units activate.
6761
6762 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6763 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6764 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6765 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6766 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6767 for now, and not installable.
6768
6769 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6770 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6771 can run in conjunction with udev.
6772
6773 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6774 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6775 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6776 session manager.
6777
6778 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6779 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6780 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6781 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6782 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6783 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6784 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
6785 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
6786 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6787 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6788 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6789
6790 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6791
6792 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6793 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6794 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6795 logical expressions.
6796
6797 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6798 switches.
6799
6800 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6801 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
6802 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
6803 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6804 the user.
6805
6806 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6807 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6808 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6809 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6810 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6811 an entry.
6812
6813 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6814 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6815 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6816 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6817 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6818 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6819
6820 CHANGES WITH 201:
6821
6822 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6823 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6824 directory.
6825
6826 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6827 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6828 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6829 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6830 problem.
6831
6832 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6833 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6834 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6835 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6836
6837 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6838 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6839
6840 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6841 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6842 files in this context are files such as
6843 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6844
6845 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6846 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6847 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6848 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6849 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6850 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6851
6852 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6853 hostnames.
6854
6855 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6856 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6857 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6858 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6859 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6860 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6861 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6862 all time-related output of systemd.
6863
6864 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6865 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6866 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6867 loops.
6868
6869 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6870 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6871
6872 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6873 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
6874 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
6875 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6876 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6877
6878 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6879 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6880 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6881 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6882 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6883 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6884 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6885
6886 CHANGES WITH 200:
6887
6888 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6889 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6890 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6891 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6892 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6893 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6894
6895 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6896 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6897 images.
6898
6899 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6900 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6901 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6902
6903 CHANGES WITH 199:
6904
6905 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6906
6907 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6908 security policy.
6909
6910 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6911 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6912 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6913 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6914 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6915 the same service can still access). When a service is
6916 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
6917 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
6918 this though).
6919
6920 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6921 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6922 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6923 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6924 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6925 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6926
6927 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
6928 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
6929
6930 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6931 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6932
6933 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
6934
6935 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
6936 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6937 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6938 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6939 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
6940
6941 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6942 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6943 system is to be mounted.
6944
6945 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6946 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6947 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6948 purpose for socket units.
6949
6950 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6951 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6952
6953 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6954 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
6955 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
6956 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
6957 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
6958
6959 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6960 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6961 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6962 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6963 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6964 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6965 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6966 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6967 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6968
6969 CHANGES WITH 198:
6970
6971 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6972 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6973 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6974 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6975 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
6976 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
6977 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6978 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6979 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
6980 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6981 unit files locally: copying the files from
6982 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6983 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6984 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6985 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
6986 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
6987 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6988 for them too.
6989
6990 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6991 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
6992 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6993 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6994 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6995 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6996 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
6997 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6998 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
6999
7000 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7001 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7002
7003 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7004 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7005 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7006 other users.
7007
7008 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7009 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7010 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7011 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7012 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7013 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7014 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7015 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7016 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7017 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7018 supported.
7019
7020 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7021 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7022 the foreground VT.
7023
7024 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7025 call.
7026
7027 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7028 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7029 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7030 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7031 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7032 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7033 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7034 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7035 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7036 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7037 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7038 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7039 also been removed.
7040
7041 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7042 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7043 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7044 objects themselves.
7045
7046 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7047
7048 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7049 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7050 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7051 to how this is supported in shells.
7052
7053 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7054 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7055 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7056 user systemd instance.
7057
7058 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7059 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7060 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7061 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7062 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7063 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7064 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7065 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7066 one day for good in the kernel.
7067
7068 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7069 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7070 container.
7071
7072 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7073 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7074 the host into the container.
7075
7076 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7077 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7078 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7079 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7080 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7081 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7082
7083 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7084
7085 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7086 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7087 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7088 configured to be mounted there.
7089
7090 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7091 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7092 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7093 system resume events.
7094
7095 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7096 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7097 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7098 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7099
7100 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7101 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7102 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7103 card).
7104
7105 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7106 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7107 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7108
7109 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7110 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7111 later "change" event.
7112
7113 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7114 now carry a message ID.
7115
7116 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7117 continues to be work in progress.
7118
7119 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7120 root directory to operate relative to.
7121
7122 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7123 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7124 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7125 times a little.
7126
7127 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7128 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7129 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7130 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7131 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7132 request boot into firmware operations.
7133
7134 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7135 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7136 correctly in initrds.
7137
7138 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7139 compile time optional via a configure switch.
7140
7141 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7142 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7143
7144 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7145 the status of all active or failed units.
7146
7147 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7148 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7149 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
7150 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
7151 requests more robust.
7152
7153 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7154 reading journal files.
7155
7156 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7157 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7158
7159 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
7160
7161 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
7162 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
7163
7164 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7165 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7166 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7167 socket activation in daemons.
7168
7169 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7170 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7171
7172 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7173 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7174 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7175
7176 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
7177 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
7178 system units.
7179
7180 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7181 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7182 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7183
7184 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7185 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7186 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
7187 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
7188 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7189 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7190 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7191 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7192 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7193 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7194 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
7195 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
7196 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7197 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7198 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7199 package installation time.
7200
7201 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7202 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7203 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7204 installation time.
7205
7206 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7207 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7208
7209 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7210
7211 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7212 available.
7213
7214 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7215 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7216
7217 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7218 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7219 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7220 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7221 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7222 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7223 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7224 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7225 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7226 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7227 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7228 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7229 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7230 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7231
7232 CHANGES WITH 197:
7233
7234 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7235 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7236 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7237 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7238 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7239 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7240 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7241 the supported calendar time specification language see
7242 systemd.time(7).
7243
7244 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7245 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7246 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7247 document for details:
7248
7249 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
7250
7251 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
7252 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7253 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
7254 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7255 dependencies.
7256
7257 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7258 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7259 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7260 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7261 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7262 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7263 with a configure switch.
7264
7265 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7266 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7267 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7268 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7269 such as ext4.
7270
7271 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7272 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7273 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7274
7275 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7276 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7277
7278 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7279 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7280 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7281 using only core OS tools.
7282
7283 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7284 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7285 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7286 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7287 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7288 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7289 eventually.
7290
7291 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7292 presenting log data.
7293
7294 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
7295 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
7296
7297 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7298 system on idle.
7299
7300 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7301 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7302 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7303 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7304 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7305 information if possible.
7306
7307 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7308 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7309 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
7310
7311 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7312 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7313 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7314 is running on battery power.
7315
7316 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7317 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7318 is in the "failed" state.
7319
7320 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7321 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7322 environment files at once.
7323
7324 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7325 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7326 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7327 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7328 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7329 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7330 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7331 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7332 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7333 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7334 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7335 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7336 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7337
7338 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7339 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7340
7341 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7342 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7343
7344 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7345 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7346 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7347 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
7348 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7349 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
7350 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7351 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7352 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7353 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7354 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7355 shipped from us upstream.
7356
7357 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7358 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7359 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7360 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7361 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7362 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7363 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7364 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7365 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7366 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7367 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7368 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7369 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7370
7371 CHANGES WITH 196:
7372
7373 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7374 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7375 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7376 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7377 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7378 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7379 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7380 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
7381 database was only attached to select devices, since the
7382 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
7383 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7384 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7385 data for all devices where this is available, by
7386 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7387 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7388 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7389 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7390 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7391 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7392
7393 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7394 indexed database to link up additional information with
7395 journal entries. For further details please check:
7396
7397 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
7398
7399 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7400 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7401 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7402 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7403 macro for this purpose.
7404
7405 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7406 Python logging framework.
7407
7408 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7409 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7410 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7411 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
7412 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
7413 time intervals.
7414
7415 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7416 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7417 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7418
7419 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7420 right-away on the selected coredump.
7421
7422 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7423 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7424 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7425
7426 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7427 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7428 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7429 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7430
7431 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7432 default.
7433
7434 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7435 SMACK security label.
7436
7437 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7438 daylight saving change.
7439
7440 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7441 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7442 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7443 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7444 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7445 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7446 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7447
7448 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7449 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7450 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7451 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7452 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7453 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7454 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
7455
7456 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7457 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7458
7459 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7460 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7461 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7462 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7463 offline updating tools.
7464
7465 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7466 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7467 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7468 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7469 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7470 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7471
7472 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7473 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7474
7475 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7476 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7477 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7478 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7479 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7480 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7481 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7482 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7483 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7484
7485 CHANGES WITH 195:
7486
7487 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
7488 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7489 units via --unit=/-u.
7490
7491 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
7492 right thing.
7493
7494 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7495 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7496 rotation.
7497
7498 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7499 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7500 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7501 completion of journalctl has been updated
7502 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7503 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7504
7505 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7506 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7507
7508 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7509 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7510 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7511 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7512 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7513 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7514 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7515 completion.
7516
7517 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7518 extract coredumps from the journal.
7519
7520 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7521 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7522 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7523 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7524 scratch their heads.
7525
7526 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7527 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7528
7529 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7530 in immediate termination of systemd.
7531
7532 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7533 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7534
7535 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7536 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7537 mouse screen support has been added.
7538
7539 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7540 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7541
7542 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
7543 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7544 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7545 "systemctl reload".
7546
7547 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
7548 -u" instead.
7549
7550 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7551 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7552 configured.
7553
7554 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7555 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7556
7557 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7558 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
7559 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7560 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7561 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7562 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7563 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
7564
7565 CHANGES WITH 194:
7566
7567 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7568 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7569 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7570 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7571 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7572 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7573 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7574 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7575 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7576 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7577 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7578 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7579
7580 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7581 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7582 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7583
7584 CHANGES WITH 193:
7585
7586 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7587 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7588
7589 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7590 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7591 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7592
7593 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7594 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7595 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7596 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7597 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7598 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7599 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7600
7601 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7602 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7603
7604 This will download the journal contents in a
7605 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7606
7607 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7608
7609 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7610 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7611 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7612 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7613 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7614
7615 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7616
7617 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7618 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7619
7620 CHANGES WITH 192:
7621
7622 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7623 too.
7624
7625 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
7626 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7627 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
7628 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
7629 just start them.
7630
7631 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7632 and line break accordingly.
7633
7634 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7635 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
7636
7637 CHANGES WITH 191:
7638
7639 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7640 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7641 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7642 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7643 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7644
7645 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7646 will default to 10 if omitted.
7647
7648 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7649 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7650 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7651 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
7652 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
7653
7654 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7655 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7656 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7657 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7658 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7659 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
7660 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
7661
7662 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7663 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
7664 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
7665 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
7666 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7667 into two.
7668
7669 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7670 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
7671
7672 CHANGES WITH 190:
7673
7674 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
7675 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7676 "systemctl status".
7677
7678 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7679 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
7680 system to another place in the same file system could not be
7681 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7682 field.)
7683
7684 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7685 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7686 default.
7687
7688 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7689 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7690 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7691 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7692 in a container.
7693
7694 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7695 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7696 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7697 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7698 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7699 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7700
7701 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7702 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7703 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7704 no-op.
7705
7706 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7707 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7708 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7709 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7710 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7711
7712 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7713 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7714
7715 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7716 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7717 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7718 command.
7719
7720 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7721 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7722 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7723
7724 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7725
7726 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7727 multiple files at once.
7728
7729 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7730 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7731 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7732 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7733 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7734 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7735 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7736
7737 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7738 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7739 now support specifiers as well.
7740
7741 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7742 dir: %_presetdir.
7743
7744 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
7745 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
7746
7747 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7748 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7749 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7750 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7751 anymore.
7752
7753 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
7754 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7755 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7756 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7757
7758 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7759 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7760 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7761
7762 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7763 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7764 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7765 sockets.
7766
7767 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7768 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7769 is changed.
7770
7771 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7772 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7773 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7774 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7775 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
7776 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
7777 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7778
7779 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7780
7781 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7782 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7783
7784 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7785 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7786
7787 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7788 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7789 (%b).
7790
7791 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
7792 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7793 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7794 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7795 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7796 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7797 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7798
7799 CHANGES WITH 189:
7800
7801 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7802 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7803
7804 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7805 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7806 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7807 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7808 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7809 syslog daemons again.
7810
7811 * The libudev API gained the new
7812 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7813
7814 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7815 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7816 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7817 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7818
7819 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7820 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7821 container.
7822
7823 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7824 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7825 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7826 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7827 this explaining it in more detail.
7828
7829 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7830 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7831 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7832 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7833
7834 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7835 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7836 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7837 journal files.
7838
7839 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7840 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7841 as container init process a lot more fun.
7842
7843 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7844 entries.
7845
7846 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7847 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7848 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7849 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7850 different sets of services.
7851
7852 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7853 failure state.
7854
7855 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
7856 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7857 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7858
7859 CHANGES WITH 188:
7860
7861 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7862 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7863 tree a lot more organized.
7864
7865 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7866 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7867
7868 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7869 services.
7870
7871 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7872 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7873 filtering by log level now.
7874
7875 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7876 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7877 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7878
7879 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
7880 command lines involving service unit names.
7881
7882 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7883 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7884
7885 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7886 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7887 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7888
7889 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7890 option.
7891
7892 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7893 a shutdown is cancelled.
7894
7895 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7896 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7897 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7898 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7899 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7900
7901 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7902 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7903 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7904 for display managers instead.
7905
7906 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7907 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7908 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7909 protection, and suchlike.
7910
7911 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7912 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7913 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7914 the service.
7915
7916 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7917 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7918 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7919 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7920 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7921 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7922
7923 CHANGES WITH 187:
7924
7925 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7926 pages.
7927
7928 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7929 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7930 data loss.
7931
7932 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
7933 option.
7934
7935 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7936
7937 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7938 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7939
7940 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7941 specific directory.
7942
7943 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7944 messages of two different boots.
7945
7946 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7947 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7948 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7949
7950 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7951 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7952 disjunctions.
7953
7954 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7955 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7956 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7957
7958 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7959 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7960 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7961
7962 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7963 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7964 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7965 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7966 speed things up a bit.
7967
7968 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7969 header data of journal files.
7970
7971 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7972 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7973 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7974
7975 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7976 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7977 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7978 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7979
7980 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7981
7982 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7983 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7984 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7985 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7986
7987 CHANGES WITH 186:
7988
7989 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7990 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7991 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7992 prefixed with rd.
7993
7994 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7995 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7996
7997 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7998
7999 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8000
8001 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8002
8003 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8004 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8005 as well.
8006
8007 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8008 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8009 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8010
8011 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8012 does the right thing. Example:
8013
8014 udevadm info /dev/sda
8015 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8016
8017 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8018 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8019 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8020 running.
8021
8022 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8023 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8024
8025 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8026 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8027
8028 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8029 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8030 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8031 files.
8032
8033 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8034 be stopped that is not loaded.
8035
8036 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8037
8038 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8039
8040 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8041 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8042 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8043 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8044
8045 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8046 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8047 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8048 completed initialization.
8049
8050 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8051
8052 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8053 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8054 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8055 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8056 distributions.
8057
8058 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8059 always valid when services log to the journal via
8060 STDOUT/STDERR.
8061
8062 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8063 command line options we understand.
8064
8065 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8066 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8067
8068 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8069 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8070
8071 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8072 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8073 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8074 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8075
8076 systemctl status /home
8077 systemctl status /dev/sda
8078
8079 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8080 system.conf parsing.
8081
8082 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8083 Manager object.
8084
8085 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8086
8087 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8088
8089 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8090 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8091 complete.
8092
8093 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8094 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8095 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8096 systemd-fsck@.service.
8097
8098 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8099 Manager object.
8100
8101 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8102 work sensibly.
8103
8104 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8105 we actually understand.
8106
8107 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8108 additional capabilities to the container.
8109
8110 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8111 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8112 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8113
8114 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8115 the current boot only.
8116
8117 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8118 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8119
8120 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8121 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8122 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8123 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8124 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8125
8126 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8127
8128 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8129 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8130 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8131 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8132
8133 CHANGES WITH 185:
8134
8135 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8136 available.
8137
8138 * Several new man pages have been added.
8139
8140 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8141 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8142 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8143 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
8144
8145 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8146 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
8147
8148 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8149 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8150 Matthias Clasen
8151
8152 CHANGES WITH 184:
8153
8154 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8155 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8156
8157 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8158 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8159 daemon.
8160
8161 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8162 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8163
8164 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8165 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8166 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8167 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8168
8169 CHANGES WITH 183:
8170
8171 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8172 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8173 and systemd's most recent version number.
8174
8175 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8176 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8177 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8178 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8179 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
8180 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
8181
8182 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
8183 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8184 subsystems.
8185
8186 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8187 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8188 used to subscribe to events.
8189
8190 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8191 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8192 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8193 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
8194 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
8195 forked by udev rules.
8196
8197 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8198 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8199 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8200 it.
8201
8202 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
8203 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8204 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8205 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
8206 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
8207
8208 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
8209 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
8210
8211 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8212 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8213 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8214 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8215
8216 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8217 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8218 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8219 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8220 to be used as drop-in files.
8221
8222 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
8223 particular suspending and hibernating.
8224
8225 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8226 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8227 about this in more detail.
8228
8229 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
8230 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
8231 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8232 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8233 from git history and add them downstream.
8234
8235 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8236 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
8237 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
8238 units.
8239
8240 * All smaller setup units (such as
8241 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8242 are run in a container and are skipped when
8243 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8244 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8245
8246 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8247 integrated, for details see:
8248 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
8249
8250 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8251 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8252 messages.
8253
8254 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8255 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
8256 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8257 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8258 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8259
8260 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8261 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8262 for all units started by PID 1.
8263
8264 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8265 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8266 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8267
8268 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8269 of PID 1 anymore.
8270
8271 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8272 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
8273 have not been read by systemd yet.
8274
8275 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8276 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8277 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8278 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8279 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8280 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8281
8282 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8283 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8284
8285 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8286
8287 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8288 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8289 so sexy.
8290
8291 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8292 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8293 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8294 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8295 patterns.
8296
8297 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8298 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8299 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8300 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8301
8302 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8303 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8304
8305 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8306 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8307 in systemd now.
8308
8309 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8310 ID on the command line.
8311
8312 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
8313 for an init system.
8314
8315 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8316 vt100.
8317
8318 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8319
8320 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
8321 components now have directories of their own.
8322
8323 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8324
8325 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8326 container in other hierarchies.
8327
8328 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8329 system.conf.
8330
8331 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8332
8333 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8334 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8335
8336 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
8337 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8338
8339 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8340 locally generated journal files.
8341
8342 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8343
8344 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8345
8346 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8347 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8348 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8349 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8350 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8351 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8352 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8353 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8354 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8355 Gundersen
8356
8357 CHANGES WITH 44:
8358
8359 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8360
8361 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8362 KVM or container configured UUID.
8363
8364 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8365
8366 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8367
8368 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
8369 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8370
8371 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
8372
8373 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8374 folks
8375
8376 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
8377 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
8378 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8379
8380 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8381 configuration
8382
8383 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8384 free fashion
8385
8386 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8387 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
8388 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
8389 automatically generated data.
8390
8391 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8392 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8393 however.
8394
8395 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8396 tarball.
8397
8398 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8399 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8400 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8401 Reding
8402
8403 CHANGES WITH 43:
8404
8405 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8406
8407 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8408
8409 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8410
8411 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
8412 normal user logins.
8413
8414 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8415 Biebl
8416
8417 CHANGES WITH 42:
8418
8419 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8420
8421 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8422 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8423 xsltproc.
8424
8425 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8426 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8427 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8428
8429 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8430 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8431 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8432
8433 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8434
8435 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8436 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8437 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8438
8439 CHANGES WITH 41:
8440
8441 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8442 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8443 package update.
8444
8445 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8446 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8447 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8448
8449 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8450 complete.
8451
8452 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8453 understood to set system wide environment variables
8454 dynamically at boot.
8455
8456 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
8457
8458 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8459 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8460 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8461 files.
8462
8463 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8464 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8465 William Douglas
8466
8467 CHANGES WITH 40:
8468
8469 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8470
8471 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8472 "Result" D-Bus property.
8473
8474 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8475 the next few releases.)
8476
8477 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8478 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8479 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8480 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8481
8482 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8483 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8484 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8485
8486 CHANGES WITH 39:
8487
8488 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8489 bugfixes.
8490
8491 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8492 resource usage.
8493
8494 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8495 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8496 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8497 journals by the respective users.
8498
8499 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8500 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8501 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8502
8503 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8504 client for all entries.
8505
8506 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8507
8508 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8509 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8510
8511 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8512 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8513 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8514 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8515
8516 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8517 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8518 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8519
8520 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8521 journal along with meta data.
8522
8523 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8524 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8525 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8526
8527 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8528 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
8529 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
8530
8531 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8532
8533 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8534 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8535 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8536 or fsck.
8537
8538 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
8539 requested with new -k switch.
8540
8541 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8542 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8543
8544 CHANGES WITH 38:
8545
8546 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8547 bugfixes.
8548
8549 * The git repository moved to:
8550 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8551 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8552
8553 * First release with the journal
8554 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8555
8556 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8557 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8558
8559 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8560
8561 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8562
8563 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8564 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8565 remote mounts.
8566
8567 * Added Mageia support
8568
8569 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8570
8571 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8572 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8573 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8574 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8575 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8576
8577 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8578 of existing distributions.
8579
8580 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8581 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8582
8583 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8584 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8585 boot.
8586
8587 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8588
8589 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8590 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8591 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8592 among other things.
8593
8594 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8595 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8596
8597 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8598
8599 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
8600 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8601 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8602
8603 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8604 restored.
8605
8606 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8607 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8608 kmod
8609
8610 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
8611 of /usr/local by default.
8612
8613 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8614 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8615 in:
8616 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
8617
8618 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8619 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8620 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8621 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8622 supported anyway, and bad style).
8623
8624 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8625 reloading of units together.
8626
8627 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
8628 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8629 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8630 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8631 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek